1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 14 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 15 #include <linux/list.h> 16 #include <linux/bug.h> 17 #include <linux/netlink.h> 18 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 19 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 20 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 22 #include <linux/net.h> 23 #include <net/regulatory.h> 24 25 /** 26 * DOC: Introduction 27 * 28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 34 * 35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 36 * use restrictions. 37 */ 38 39 40 /** 41 * DOC: Device registration 42 * 43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 45 * described below. 46 * 47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 56 * 57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 60 */ 61 62 struct wiphy; 63 64 /* 65 * wireless hardware capability structures 66 */ 67 68 /** 69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 70 * 71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 72 * 73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 75 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 78 * is not permitted. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 80 * is not permitted. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 86 * restrictions. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 95 * on this channel. 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 97 * on this channel. 98 * 99 */ 100 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 101 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 102 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 103 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 104 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 114 }; 115 116 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 117 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 118 119 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 120 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 121 122 /** 123 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 124 * 125 * This structure describes a single channel for use 126 * with cfg80211. 127 * 128 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 129 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 130 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 131 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 132 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 133 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 134 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 135 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 136 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 137 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 138 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 139 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 140 * @orig_mag: internal use 141 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 142 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 143 * on this channel. 144 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 145 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 146 */ 147 struct ieee80211_channel { 148 enum nl80211_band band; 149 u32 center_freq; 150 u16 hw_value; 151 u32 flags; 152 int max_antenna_gain; 153 int max_power; 154 int max_reg_power; 155 bool beacon_found; 156 u32 orig_flags; 157 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 158 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 159 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 160 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 161 }; 162 163 /** 164 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 165 * 166 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 167 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 168 * different bands/PHY modes. 169 * 170 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 171 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 172 * with CCK rates. 173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 174 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 175 * core code when registering the wiphy. 176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 177 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 178 * core code when registering the wiphy. 179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 180 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 181 * core code when registering the wiphy. 182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 183 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 184 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 185 */ 186 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 187 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 188 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 189 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 190 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 194 }; 195 196 /** 197 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 200 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 201 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 204 */ 205 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 206 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 207 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 208 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 211 }; 212 213 /** 214 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 215 * 216 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 217 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 218 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 219 */ 220 enum ieee80211_privacy { 221 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 222 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 223 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 224 }; 225 226 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 227 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 228 229 /** 230 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 231 * 232 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 233 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 234 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 235 * passed around. 236 * 237 * @flags: rate-specific flags 238 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 239 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 240 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 241 * short preamble is used 242 */ 243 struct ieee80211_rate { 244 u32 flags; 245 u16 bitrate; 246 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 247 }; 248 249 /** 250 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 251 * 252 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 253 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 254 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 255 */ 256 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 257 bool enable; 258 u8 min_offset; 259 u8 max_offset; 260 }; 261 262 /** 263 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 264 * 265 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 266 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 267 * 268 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 269 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 270 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 271 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 272 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 273 */ 274 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 275 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 276 bool ht_supported; 277 u8 ampdu_factor; 278 u8 ampdu_density; 279 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 280 }; 281 282 /** 283 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 284 * 285 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 286 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 287 * 288 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 289 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 290 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 291 */ 292 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 293 bool vht_supported; 294 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 295 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 296 }; 297 298 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 299 300 /** 301 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 302 * 303 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 304 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 305 * 306 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 307 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 308 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 309 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 310 */ 311 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 312 bool has_he; 313 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 314 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 315 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 316 }; 317 318 /** 319 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 320 * 321 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 322 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 323 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 324 * 325 * @types_mask: interface types mask 326 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 327 */ 328 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 329 u16 types_mask; 330 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 331 }; 332 333 /** 334 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 335 * 336 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 337 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 338 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 339 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 340 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 341 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 342 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 343 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 344 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 345 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 346 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 347 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 348 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 349 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 350 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 351 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 352 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 353 */ 354 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 355 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 356 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 357 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 358 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 359 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 360 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 361 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 362 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 363 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 364 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 365 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 366 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 367 }; 368 369 /** 370 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 371 * 372 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 373 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 374 * 375 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 376 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 377 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 378 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 379 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 380 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 381 */ 382 struct ieee80211_edmg { 383 u8 channels; 384 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 385 }; 386 387 /** 388 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 389 * 390 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 391 * is able to operate in. 392 * 393 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 394 * in this band. 395 * @band: the band this structure represents 396 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 397 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 398 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 399 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 400 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 401 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 402 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 403 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 404 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 405 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 406 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 407 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 408 * iftype_data). 409 */ 410 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 411 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 412 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 413 enum nl80211_band band; 414 int n_channels; 415 int n_bitrates; 416 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 417 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 418 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 419 u16 n_iftype_data; 420 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 421 }; 422 423 /** 424 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 425 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 426 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 427 * 428 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 429 */ 430 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 431 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 432 u8 iftype) 433 { 434 int i; 435 436 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 437 return NULL; 438 439 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 440 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 441 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 442 443 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 444 return data; 445 } 446 447 return NULL; 448 } 449 450 /** 451 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 452 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 453 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 454 * 455 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 456 */ 457 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 458 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 459 u8 iftype) 460 { 461 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 462 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 463 464 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 465 return &data->he_cap; 466 467 return NULL; 468 } 469 470 /** 471 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 472 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 473 * 474 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 475 */ 476 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 477 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 478 { 479 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 480 } 481 482 /** 483 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 484 * 485 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 486 * 487 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 488 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 489 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 490 * 491 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 492 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 493 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 494 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 495 * without affecting other devices. 496 * 497 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 498 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 499 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 500 */ 501 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 502 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 503 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 504 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 505 { 506 } 507 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 508 509 510 /* 511 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 512 */ 513 514 /** 515 * DOC: Actions and configuration 516 * 517 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 518 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 519 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 520 * operations use are described separately. 521 * 522 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 523 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 524 * 525 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 526 * in a separate chapter. 527 */ 528 529 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 530 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 531 532 /** 533 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 534 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 535 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 536 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 537 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 538 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 539 * determine the address as needed. 540 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 541 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 542 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 543 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 544 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 545 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 546 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 547 */ 548 struct vif_params { 549 u32 flags; 550 int use_4addr; 551 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 552 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 553 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 554 }; 555 556 /** 557 * struct key_params - key information 558 * 559 * Information about a key 560 * 561 * @key: key material 562 * @key_len: length of key material 563 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 564 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 565 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 566 * length given by @seq_len. 567 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 568 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 569 */ 570 struct key_params { 571 const u8 *key; 572 const u8 *seq; 573 int key_len; 574 int seq_len; 575 u32 cipher; 576 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 577 }; 578 579 /** 580 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 581 * @chan: the (control) channel 582 * @width: channel width 583 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 584 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 585 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 586 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 587 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 588 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 589 * parameters are ignored. 590 */ 591 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 592 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 593 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 594 u32 center_freq1; 595 u32 center_freq2; 596 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 597 }; 598 599 /** 600 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 601 * @chandef: the channel definition 602 * 603 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 604 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 605 */ 606 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 607 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 608 { 609 switch (chandef->width) { 610 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 611 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 612 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 613 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 614 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 615 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 616 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 617 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 618 default: 619 WARN_ON(1); 620 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 621 } 622 } 623 624 /** 625 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 626 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 627 * @channel: the control channel 628 * @chantype: the channel type 629 * 630 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 631 */ 632 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 633 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 634 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 635 636 /** 637 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 638 * @chandef1: first channel definition 639 * @chandef2: second channel definition 640 * 641 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 642 * identical, %false otherwise. 643 */ 644 static inline bool 645 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 646 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 647 { 648 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 649 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 650 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 651 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 652 } 653 654 /** 655 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 656 * 657 * @chandef: the channel definition 658 * 659 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 660 */ 661 static inline bool 662 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 663 { 664 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 665 } 666 667 /** 668 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 669 * @chandef1: first channel definition 670 * @chandef2: second channel definition 671 * 672 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 673 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 674 */ 675 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 676 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 677 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 678 679 /** 680 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 681 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 682 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 683 */ 684 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 685 686 /** 687 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 688 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 689 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 690 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 691 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 692 */ 693 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 694 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 695 u32 prohibited_flags); 696 697 /** 698 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 699 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 700 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 701 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 702 * Returns: 703 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 704 */ 705 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 706 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 707 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 708 709 /** 710 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 711 * 712 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 713 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 714 * 715 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 716 * 717 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 718 */ 719 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 720 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 721 { 722 switch (chandef->width) { 723 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 724 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 725 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 726 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 727 default: 728 break; 729 } 730 return 0; 731 } 732 733 /** 734 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 735 * 736 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 737 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 738 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 739 * 740 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 741 * 742 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 743 */ 744 static inline int 745 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 746 { 747 switch (chandef->width) { 748 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 749 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 750 chandef->chan->max_power); 751 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 752 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 753 chandef->chan->max_power); 754 default: 755 break; 756 } 757 return chandef->chan->max_power; 758 } 759 760 /** 761 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 762 * 763 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 764 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 765 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 766 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 767 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 768 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 769 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 770 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 771 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 772 * 773 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 774 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 775 */ 776 enum survey_info_flags { 777 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 778 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 779 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 780 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 781 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 782 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 783 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 784 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 785 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 786 }; 787 788 /** 789 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 790 * 791 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 792 * record to report global statistics 793 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 794 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 795 * optional 796 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 797 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 798 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 799 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 800 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 801 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 802 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 803 * 804 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 805 * 806 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 807 * channel duty cycle etc. 808 */ 809 struct survey_info { 810 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 811 u64 time; 812 u64 time_busy; 813 u64 time_ext_busy; 814 u64 time_rx; 815 u64 time_tx; 816 u64 time_scan; 817 u64 time_bss_rx; 818 u32 filled; 819 s8 noise; 820 }; 821 822 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 823 824 /** 825 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 826 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 827 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 828 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 829 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 830 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 831 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 832 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 833 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 834 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 835 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 836 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 837 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 838 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 839 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 840 * protocol frames. 841 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 842 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 843 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 844 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 845 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 846 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 847 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 848 * offload) 849 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 850 */ 851 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 852 u32 wpa_versions; 853 u32 cipher_group; 854 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 855 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 856 int n_akm_suites; 857 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 858 bool control_port; 859 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 860 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 861 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 862 struct key_params *wep_keys; 863 int wep_tx_key; 864 const u8 *psk; 865 const u8 *sae_pwd; 866 u8 sae_pwd_len; 867 }; 868 869 /** 870 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 871 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 872 * or %NULL if not changed 873 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 874 * or %NULL if not changed 875 * @head_len: length of @head 876 * @tail_len: length of @tail 877 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 878 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 879 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 880 * frames or %NULL 881 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 882 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 883 * Response frames or %NULL 884 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 885 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 886 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 887 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 888 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 889 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 890 * (measurement type 8) 891 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 892 * Token (measurement type 11) 893 * @lci_len: LCI data length 894 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 895 */ 896 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 897 const u8 *head, *tail; 898 const u8 *beacon_ies; 899 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 900 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 901 const u8 *probe_resp; 902 const u8 *lci; 903 const u8 *civicloc; 904 s8 ftm_responder; 905 906 size_t head_len, tail_len; 907 size_t beacon_ies_len; 908 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 909 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 910 size_t probe_resp_len; 911 size_t lci_len; 912 size_t civicloc_len; 913 }; 914 915 struct mac_address { 916 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 917 }; 918 919 /** 920 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 921 * 922 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 923 * entry specified by mac_addr 924 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 925 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 926 */ 927 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 928 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 929 int n_acl_entries; 930 931 /* Keep it last */ 932 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 933 }; 934 935 /* 936 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 937 */ 938 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 939 struct { 940 u32 legacy; 941 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 942 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 943 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 944 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 945 }; 946 947 /** 948 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 949 * 950 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 951 * 952 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 953 */ 954 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 955 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 956 }; 957 958 /** 959 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 960 * 961 * Used to configure an AP interface. 962 * 963 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 964 * @beacon: beacon data 965 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 966 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 967 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 968 * user space) 969 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 970 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 971 * @crypto: crypto settings 972 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 973 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 974 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 975 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 976 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 977 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 978 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 979 * MAC address based access control 980 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 981 * networks. 982 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 983 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 984 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 985 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 986 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 987 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 988 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 989 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 990 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 991 */ 992 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 993 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 994 995 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 996 997 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 998 const u8 *ssid; 999 size_t ssid_len; 1000 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1001 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1002 bool privacy; 1003 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1004 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1005 int inactivity_timeout; 1006 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1007 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1008 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1009 bool pbss; 1010 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1011 1012 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1013 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1014 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1015 bool ht_required, vht_required; 1016 bool twt_responder; 1017 u32 flags; 1018 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1019 }; 1020 1021 /** 1022 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1023 * 1024 * Used for channel switch 1025 * 1026 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1027 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1028 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1029 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1030 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1031 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1032 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1033 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1034 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1035 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1036 */ 1037 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1038 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1039 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1040 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1041 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1042 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1043 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1044 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1045 bool radar_required; 1046 bool block_tx; 1047 u8 count; 1048 }; 1049 1050 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 1051 1052 /** 1053 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1054 * 1055 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1056 * 1057 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1058 * to use for verification 1059 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1060 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1061 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1062 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1063 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1064 * nl80211_iftype. 1065 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1066 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1067 * the verification 1068 */ 1069 struct iface_combination_params { 1070 int num_different_channels; 1071 u8 radar_detect; 1072 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1073 u32 new_beacon_int; 1074 }; 1075 1076 /** 1077 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1078 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1079 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1080 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1081 * 1082 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1083 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1084 */ 1085 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1086 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1087 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1088 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1089 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1090 }; 1091 1092 /** 1093 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1094 * 1095 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1096 * 1097 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1098 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1099 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1100 * power per-interface or per-station. 1101 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1102 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1103 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1104 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1105 * per peer TPC. 1106 */ 1107 struct sta_txpwr { 1108 s16 power; 1109 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1110 }; 1111 1112 /** 1113 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1114 * 1115 * Used to change and create a new station. 1116 * 1117 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1118 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1119 * (or NULL for no change) 1120 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1121 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1122 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1123 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1124 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1125 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1126 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1127 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1128 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1129 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1130 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1131 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1132 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1133 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1134 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1135 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1136 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1137 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1138 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1139 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1140 * to unknown) 1141 * @capability: station capability 1142 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1143 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1144 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1145 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1146 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1147 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1148 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1149 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1150 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1151 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1152 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1153 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1154 */ 1155 struct station_parameters { 1156 const u8 *supported_rates; 1157 struct net_device *vlan; 1158 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1159 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1160 int listen_interval; 1161 u16 aid; 1162 u16 peer_aid; 1163 u8 supported_rates_len; 1164 u8 plink_action; 1165 u8 plink_state; 1166 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1167 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1168 u8 uapsd_queues; 1169 u8 max_sp; 1170 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1171 u16 capability; 1172 const u8 *ext_capab; 1173 u8 ext_capab_len; 1174 const u8 *supported_channels; 1175 u8 supported_channels_len; 1176 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1177 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1178 u8 opmode_notif; 1179 bool opmode_notif_used; 1180 int support_p2p_ps; 1181 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1182 u8 he_capa_len; 1183 u16 airtime_weight; 1184 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1185 }; 1186 1187 /** 1188 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1189 * 1190 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1191 * 1192 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1193 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1194 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1195 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1196 */ 1197 struct station_del_parameters { 1198 const u8 *mac; 1199 u8 subtype; 1200 u16 reason_code; 1201 }; 1202 1203 /** 1204 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1205 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1206 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1207 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1208 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1209 * the AP MLME in the device 1210 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1211 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1212 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1213 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1214 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1215 * supported/used) 1216 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1217 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1218 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1219 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1220 */ 1221 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1222 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1223 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1224 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1225 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1226 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1227 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1228 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1229 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1230 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1231 }; 1232 1233 /** 1234 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1235 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1236 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1237 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1238 * 1239 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1240 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1241 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1242 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1243 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1244 */ 1245 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1246 struct station_parameters *params, 1247 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1248 1249 /** 1250 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1251 * 1252 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1253 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1254 * 1255 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1256 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1257 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1258 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1259 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1260 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1261 */ 1262 enum rate_info_flags { 1263 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1264 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1265 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1266 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1267 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1268 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1269 }; 1270 1271 /** 1272 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1273 * 1274 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1275 * 1276 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1277 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1278 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1279 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1280 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1281 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1282 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1283 */ 1284 enum rate_info_bw { 1285 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1286 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1287 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1288 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1289 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1290 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1291 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1292 }; 1293 1294 /** 1295 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1296 * 1297 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1298 * 1299 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1300 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1301 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1302 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1303 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1304 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1305 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1306 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1307 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1308 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1309 */ 1310 struct rate_info { 1311 u8 flags; 1312 u8 mcs; 1313 u16 legacy; 1314 u8 nss; 1315 u8 bw; 1316 u8 he_gi; 1317 u8 he_dcm; 1318 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1319 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1320 }; 1321 1322 /** 1323 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1324 * 1325 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1326 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1327 * 1328 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1329 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1330 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1331 */ 1332 enum bss_param_flags { 1333 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1334 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1335 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1336 }; 1337 1338 /** 1339 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1340 * 1341 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1342 * 1343 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1344 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1345 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1346 */ 1347 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1348 u8 flags; 1349 u8 dtim_period; 1350 u16 beacon_interval; 1351 }; 1352 1353 /** 1354 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1355 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1356 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1357 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1358 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1359 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1360 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1361 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1362 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1363 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1364 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1365 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1366 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1367 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1368 */ 1369 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1370 u32 filled; 1371 u32 backlog_bytes; 1372 u32 backlog_packets; 1373 u32 flows; 1374 u32 drops; 1375 u32 ecn_marks; 1376 u32 overlimit; 1377 u32 overmemory; 1378 u32 collisions; 1379 u32 tx_bytes; 1380 u32 tx_packets; 1381 u32 max_flows; 1382 }; 1383 1384 /** 1385 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1386 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1387 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1388 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1389 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1390 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1391 * transmitted MSDUs 1392 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1393 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1394 */ 1395 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1396 u32 filled; 1397 u64 rx_msdu; 1398 u64 tx_msdu; 1399 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1400 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1401 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1402 }; 1403 1404 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1405 1406 /** 1407 * struct station_info - station information 1408 * 1409 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1410 * 1411 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1412 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1413 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1414 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1415 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1416 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1417 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1418 * @llid: mesh local link id 1419 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1420 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1421 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1422 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1423 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1424 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1425 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1426 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1427 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1428 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1429 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1430 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1431 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1432 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1433 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1434 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1435 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1436 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1437 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1438 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1439 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1440 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1441 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1442 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1443 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1444 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1445 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1446 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1447 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1448 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1449 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1450 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1451 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1452 * towards this station. 1453 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1454 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1455 * from this peer 1456 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1457 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1458 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1459 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1460 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1461 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1462 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1463 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1464 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1465 * been sent. 1466 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1467 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1468 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1469 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1470 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1471 */ 1472 struct station_info { 1473 u64 filled; 1474 u32 connected_time; 1475 u32 inactive_time; 1476 u64 assoc_at; 1477 u64 rx_bytes; 1478 u64 tx_bytes; 1479 u16 llid; 1480 u16 plid; 1481 u8 plink_state; 1482 s8 signal; 1483 s8 signal_avg; 1484 1485 u8 chains; 1486 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1487 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1488 1489 struct rate_info txrate; 1490 struct rate_info rxrate; 1491 u32 rx_packets; 1492 u32 tx_packets; 1493 u32 tx_retries; 1494 u32 tx_failed; 1495 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1496 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1497 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1498 1499 int generation; 1500 1501 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1502 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1503 1504 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1505 s64 t_offset; 1506 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1507 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1508 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1509 1510 u32 expected_throughput; 1511 1512 u64 tx_duration; 1513 u64 rx_duration; 1514 u64 rx_beacon; 1515 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1516 u8 connected_to_gate; 1517 1518 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1519 s8 ack_signal; 1520 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1521 1522 u16 airtime_weight; 1523 1524 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1525 u32 fcs_err_count; 1526 1527 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1528 }; 1529 1530 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1531 /** 1532 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1533 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1534 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1535 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1536 * 1537 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1538 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1539 * considered undefined. 1540 */ 1541 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1542 struct station_info *sinfo); 1543 #else 1544 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1545 const u8 *mac_addr, 1546 struct station_info *sinfo) 1547 { 1548 return -ENOENT; 1549 } 1550 #endif 1551 1552 /** 1553 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1554 * 1555 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1556 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1557 * 1558 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1559 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1560 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1561 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1562 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1563 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1564 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1565 */ 1566 enum monitor_flags { 1567 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1568 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1569 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1570 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1571 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1572 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1573 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1574 }; 1575 1576 /** 1577 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1578 * 1579 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1580 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1581 * 1582 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1583 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1584 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1585 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1586 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1587 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1588 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1589 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1590 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1591 */ 1592 enum mpath_info_flags { 1593 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1594 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1595 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1596 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1597 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1598 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1599 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1600 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1601 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1602 }; 1603 1604 /** 1605 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1606 * 1607 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1608 * 1609 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1610 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1611 * @sn: target sequence number 1612 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1613 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1614 * @flags: mesh path flags 1615 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1616 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1617 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1618 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1619 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1620 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1621 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1622 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1623 */ 1624 struct mpath_info { 1625 u32 filled; 1626 u32 frame_qlen; 1627 u32 sn; 1628 u32 metric; 1629 u32 exptime; 1630 u32 discovery_timeout; 1631 u8 discovery_retries; 1632 u8 flags; 1633 u8 hop_count; 1634 u32 path_change_count; 1635 1636 int generation; 1637 }; 1638 1639 /** 1640 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1641 * 1642 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1643 * 1644 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1645 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1646 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1647 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1648 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1649 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1650 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1651 * (or NULL for no change) 1652 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1653 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1654 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1655 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1656 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1657 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1658 */ 1659 struct bss_parameters { 1660 int use_cts_prot; 1661 int use_short_preamble; 1662 int use_short_slot_time; 1663 const u8 *basic_rates; 1664 u8 basic_rates_len; 1665 int ap_isolate; 1666 int ht_opmode; 1667 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1668 }; 1669 1670 /** 1671 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1672 * 1673 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1674 * 1675 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1676 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1677 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1678 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1679 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1680 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1681 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1682 * mesh interface 1683 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1684 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1685 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1686 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1687 * elements 1688 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1689 * detect compatible mesh peers 1690 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1691 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1692 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1693 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1694 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1695 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1696 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1697 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1698 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1699 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1700 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1701 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1702 * element 1703 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1704 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1705 * element 1706 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1707 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1708 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1709 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1710 * announcements are transmitted 1711 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1712 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1713 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1714 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1715 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1716 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1717 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1718 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1719 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1720 * station to establish a peer link 1721 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1722 * 1723 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1724 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1725 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1726 * 1727 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1728 * PREQs are transmitted. 1729 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1730 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1731 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1732 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1733 * setting for new peer links. 1734 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1735 * after transmitting its beacon. 1736 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1737 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1738 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1739 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1740 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1741 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1742 * in the mesh path table 1743 */ 1744 struct mesh_config { 1745 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1746 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1747 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1748 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1749 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1750 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1751 u8 element_ttl; 1752 bool auto_open_plinks; 1753 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1754 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1755 u32 path_refresh_time; 1756 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1757 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1758 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1759 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1760 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1761 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1762 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1763 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1764 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1765 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1766 s32 rssi_threshold; 1767 u16 ht_opmode; 1768 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1769 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1770 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1771 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1772 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1773 u32 plink_timeout; 1774 }; 1775 1776 /** 1777 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1778 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1779 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1780 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1781 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1782 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1783 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1784 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1785 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1786 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1787 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1788 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1789 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1790 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1791 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1792 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1793 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1794 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1795 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1796 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1797 * to operate on DFS channels. 1798 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1799 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1800 * 1801 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1802 */ 1803 struct mesh_setup { 1804 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1805 const u8 *mesh_id; 1806 u8 mesh_id_len; 1807 u8 sync_method; 1808 u8 path_sel_proto; 1809 u8 path_metric; 1810 u8 auth_id; 1811 const u8 *ie; 1812 u8 ie_len; 1813 bool is_authenticated; 1814 bool is_secure; 1815 bool user_mpm; 1816 u8 dtim_period; 1817 u16 beacon_interval; 1818 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1819 u32 basic_rates; 1820 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1821 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1822 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1823 }; 1824 1825 /** 1826 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1827 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1828 * 1829 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1830 */ 1831 struct ocb_setup { 1832 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1833 }; 1834 1835 /** 1836 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1837 * @ac: AC identifier 1838 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1839 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1840 * 1..32767] 1841 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1842 * 1..32767] 1843 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1844 */ 1845 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1846 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1847 u16 txop; 1848 u16 cwmin; 1849 u16 cwmax; 1850 u8 aifs; 1851 }; 1852 1853 /** 1854 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1855 * 1856 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1857 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1858 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1859 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1860 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1861 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1862 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1863 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1864 * in the wiphy structure. 1865 * 1866 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1867 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1868 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1869 * 1870 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1871 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1872 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1873 * to userspace. 1874 */ 1875 1876 /** 1877 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1878 * @ssid: the SSID 1879 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1880 */ 1881 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1882 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1883 u8 ssid_len; 1884 }; 1885 1886 /** 1887 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1888 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1889 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1890 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1891 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1892 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1893 * userspace will be notified of that 1894 */ 1895 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1896 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1897 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1898 bool aborted; 1899 }; 1900 1901 /** 1902 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1903 * 1904 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1905 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1906 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1907 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1908 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1909 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1910 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1911 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1912 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1913 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1914 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1915 * %duration field. 1916 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1917 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1918 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1919 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1920 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1921 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1922 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1923 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1924 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1925 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1926 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1927 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1928 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 1929 */ 1930 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 1931 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1932 int n_ssids; 1933 u32 n_channels; 1934 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1935 const u8 *ie; 1936 size_t ie_len; 1937 u16 duration; 1938 bool duration_mandatory; 1939 u32 flags; 1940 1941 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1942 1943 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 1944 1945 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1946 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1947 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1948 1949 /* internal */ 1950 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1951 unsigned long scan_start; 1952 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 1953 bool notified; 1954 bool no_cck; 1955 1956 /* keep last */ 1957 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1958 }; 1959 1960 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 1961 { 1962 int i; 1963 1964 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 1965 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 1966 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 1967 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 1968 } 1969 } 1970 1971 /** 1972 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 1973 * 1974 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 1975 * or no match (RSSI only) 1976 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 1977 * or no match (RSSI only) 1978 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 1979 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 1980 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 1981 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 1982 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 1983 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 1984 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 1985 * corresponding matchset. 1986 */ 1987 struct cfg80211_match_set { 1988 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 1989 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 1990 s32 rssi_thold; 1991 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1992 }; 1993 1994 /** 1995 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 1996 * 1997 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 1998 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 1999 * infinite loop. 2000 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2001 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2002 */ 2003 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2004 u32 interval; 2005 u32 iterations; 2006 }; 2007 2008 /** 2009 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2010 * 2011 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2012 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2013 */ 2014 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2015 enum nl80211_band band; 2016 s8 delta; 2017 }; 2018 2019 /** 2020 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2021 * 2022 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2023 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2024 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2025 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2026 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2027 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2028 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2029 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2030 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2031 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2032 * (others are filtered out). 2033 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2034 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2035 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2036 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2037 * @dev: the interface 2038 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2039 * @channels: channels to scan 2040 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2041 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2042 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2043 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2044 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2045 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2046 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2047 * index must be executed first. 2048 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2049 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2050 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2051 * owned by a particular socket) 2052 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2053 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2054 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2055 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2056 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2057 * supported. 2058 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2059 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2060 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2061 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2062 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2063 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2064 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2065 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2066 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2067 * comparisions. 2068 */ 2069 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2070 u64 reqid; 2071 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2072 int n_ssids; 2073 u32 n_channels; 2074 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2075 const u8 *ie; 2076 size_t ie_len; 2077 u32 flags; 2078 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2079 int n_match_sets; 2080 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2081 u32 delay; 2082 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2083 int n_scan_plans; 2084 2085 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2086 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2087 2088 bool relative_rssi_set; 2089 s8 relative_rssi; 2090 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2091 2092 /* internal */ 2093 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2094 struct net_device *dev; 2095 unsigned long scan_start; 2096 bool report_results; 2097 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2098 u32 owner_nlportid; 2099 bool nl_owner_dead; 2100 struct list_head list; 2101 2102 /* keep last */ 2103 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 2104 }; 2105 2106 /** 2107 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2108 * 2109 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2110 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2111 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2112 */ 2113 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2114 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2115 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2116 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2117 }; 2118 2119 /** 2120 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2121 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2122 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2123 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2124 * signal type 2125 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2126 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2127 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2128 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2129 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2130 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2131 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2132 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2133 * by %parent_bssid. 2134 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2135 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2136 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2137 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2138 */ 2139 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2140 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2141 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2142 s32 signal; 2143 u64 boottime_ns; 2144 u64 parent_tsf; 2145 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2146 u8 chains; 2147 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2148 }; 2149 2150 /** 2151 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2152 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2153 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2154 * @len: length of the IEs 2155 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2156 * @data: IE data 2157 */ 2158 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2159 u64 tsf; 2160 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2161 int len; 2162 bool from_beacon; 2163 u8 data[]; 2164 }; 2165 2166 /** 2167 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2168 * 2169 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2170 * for use in scan results and similar. 2171 * 2172 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2173 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2174 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2175 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2176 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2177 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2178 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2179 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2180 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2181 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2182 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2183 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2184 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2185 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2186 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2187 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2188 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2189 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2190 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2191 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2192 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2193 * (multi-BSSID support) 2194 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2195 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2196 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2197 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2198 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2199 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2200 */ 2201 struct cfg80211_bss { 2202 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2203 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2204 2205 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2206 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2207 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2208 2209 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2210 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2211 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2212 2213 s32 signal; 2214 2215 u16 beacon_interval; 2216 u16 capability; 2217 2218 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2219 u8 chains; 2220 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2221 2222 u8 bssid_index; 2223 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2224 2225 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2226 }; 2227 2228 /** 2229 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2230 * @bss: the bss to search 2231 * @id: the element ID 2232 * 2233 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2234 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2235 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2236 */ 2237 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2238 2239 /** 2240 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2241 * @bss: the bss to search 2242 * @id: the element ID 2243 * 2244 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2245 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2246 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2247 */ 2248 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2249 { 2250 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2251 } 2252 2253 2254 /** 2255 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2256 * 2257 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2258 * authentication. 2259 * 2260 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2261 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2262 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2263 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2264 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2265 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2266 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2267 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2268 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2269 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2270 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2271 * transaction sequence number field. 2272 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2273 */ 2274 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2275 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2276 const u8 *ie; 2277 size_t ie_len; 2278 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2279 const u8 *key; 2280 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2281 const u8 *auth_data; 2282 size_t auth_data_len; 2283 }; 2284 2285 /** 2286 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2287 * 2288 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2289 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2290 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2291 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2292 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2293 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2294 * request (connect callback). 2295 */ 2296 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2297 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2298 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2299 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2300 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2301 }; 2302 2303 /** 2304 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2305 * 2306 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2307 * (re)association. 2308 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2309 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2310 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2311 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2312 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2313 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2314 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2315 * @crypto: crypto settings 2316 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2317 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2318 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2319 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2320 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2321 * frame. 2322 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2323 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2324 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2325 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2326 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2327 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2328 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2329 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2330 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2331 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2332 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2333 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2334 */ 2335 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2336 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2337 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2338 size_t ie_len; 2339 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2340 bool use_mfp; 2341 u32 flags; 2342 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2343 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2344 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2345 const u8 *fils_kek; 2346 size_t fils_kek_len; 2347 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2348 }; 2349 2350 /** 2351 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2352 * 2353 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2354 * deauthentication. 2355 * 2356 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2357 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2358 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2359 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2360 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2361 * do not set a deauth frame 2362 */ 2363 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2364 const u8 *bssid; 2365 const u8 *ie; 2366 size_t ie_len; 2367 u16 reason_code; 2368 bool local_state_change; 2369 }; 2370 2371 /** 2372 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2373 * 2374 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2375 * disassociation. 2376 * 2377 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2378 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2379 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2380 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2381 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2382 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2383 */ 2384 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2385 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2386 const u8 *ie; 2387 size_t ie_len; 2388 u16 reason_code; 2389 bool local_state_change; 2390 }; 2391 2392 /** 2393 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2394 * 2395 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2396 * method. 2397 * 2398 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2399 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2400 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2401 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2402 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2403 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2404 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2405 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2406 * @ie_len: length of that 2407 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2408 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2409 * after joining 2410 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2411 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2412 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2413 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2414 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2415 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2416 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2417 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2418 * to operate on DFS channels. 2419 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2420 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2421 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2422 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2423 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2424 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2425 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2426 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2427 */ 2428 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2429 const u8 *ssid; 2430 const u8 *bssid; 2431 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2432 const u8 *ie; 2433 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2434 u16 beacon_interval; 2435 u32 basic_rates; 2436 bool channel_fixed; 2437 bool privacy; 2438 bool control_port; 2439 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2440 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2441 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2442 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2443 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2444 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2445 int wep_tx_key; 2446 }; 2447 2448 /** 2449 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2450 * 2451 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2452 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2453 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2454 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2455 */ 2456 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2457 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2458 union { 2459 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2460 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2461 } param; 2462 }; 2463 2464 /** 2465 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2466 * 2467 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2468 * authentication and association. 2469 * 2470 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2471 * on scan results) 2472 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2473 * %NULL if not specified 2474 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2475 * results) 2476 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2477 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2478 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2479 * to use. 2480 * @ssid: SSID 2481 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2482 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2483 * @ie: IEs for association request 2484 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2485 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2486 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2487 * @crypto: crypto settings 2488 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2489 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2490 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2491 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2492 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2493 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2494 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2495 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2496 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2497 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2498 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2499 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2500 * networks. 2501 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2502 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2503 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2504 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2505 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2506 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2507 * frame. 2508 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2509 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2510 * data IE. 2511 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2512 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2513 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2514 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2515 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2516 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2517 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2518 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2519 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2520 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2521 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2522 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2523 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2524 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2525 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2526 */ 2527 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2528 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2529 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2530 const u8 *bssid; 2531 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2532 const u8 *ssid; 2533 size_t ssid_len; 2534 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2535 const u8 *ie; 2536 size_t ie_len; 2537 bool privacy; 2538 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2539 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2540 const u8 *key; 2541 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2542 u32 flags; 2543 int bg_scan_period; 2544 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2545 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2546 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2547 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2548 bool pbss; 2549 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2550 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2551 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2552 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2553 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2554 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2555 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2556 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2557 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2558 bool want_1x; 2559 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 2560 }; 2561 2562 /** 2563 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2564 * 2565 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2566 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2567 * 2568 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2569 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2570 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2571 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2572 */ 2573 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2574 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2575 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2576 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2577 }; 2578 2579 /** 2580 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2581 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2582 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2583 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2584 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2585 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2586 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2587 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2588 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2589 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2590 */ 2591 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2592 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2593 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2594 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2595 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2596 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2597 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2598 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2599 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2600 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2601 }; 2602 2603 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2604 2605 /** 2606 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2607 * 2608 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2609 * caching. 2610 * 2611 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2612 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2613 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2614 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2615 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2616 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2617 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2618 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2619 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2620 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2621 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2622 * %NULL). 2623 */ 2624 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2625 const u8 *bssid; 2626 const u8 *pmkid; 2627 const u8 *pmk; 2628 size_t pmk_len; 2629 const u8 *ssid; 2630 size_t ssid_len; 2631 const u8 *cache_id; 2632 }; 2633 2634 /** 2635 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2636 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2637 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2638 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2639 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2640 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2641 * 2642 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2643 * memory, free @mask only! 2644 */ 2645 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2646 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2647 int pattern_len; 2648 int pkt_offset; 2649 }; 2650 2651 /** 2652 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2653 * 2654 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2655 * @src: source IP address 2656 * @dst: destination IP address 2657 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2658 * @src_port: source port 2659 * @dst_port: destination port 2660 * @payload_len: data payload length 2661 * @payload: data payload buffer 2662 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2663 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2664 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2665 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2666 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2667 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2668 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2669 */ 2670 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2671 struct socket *sock; 2672 __be32 src, dst; 2673 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2674 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2675 int payload_len; 2676 const u8 *payload; 2677 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2678 u32 data_interval; 2679 u32 wake_len; 2680 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2681 u32 tokens_size; 2682 /* must be last, variable member */ 2683 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2684 }; 2685 2686 /** 2687 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2688 * 2689 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2690 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2691 * operating as normal during suspend 2692 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2693 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2694 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2695 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2696 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2697 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2698 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2699 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2700 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2701 * NULL if not configured. 2702 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2703 */ 2704 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2705 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2706 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2707 rfkill_release; 2708 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2709 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2710 int n_patterns; 2711 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2712 }; 2713 2714 /** 2715 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2716 * 2717 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2718 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2719 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2720 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2721 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2722 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2723 */ 2724 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2725 int delay; 2726 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2727 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2728 int n_patterns; 2729 }; 2730 2731 /** 2732 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2733 * 2734 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2735 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2736 * @n_rules: number of rules 2737 */ 2738 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2739 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2740 int n_rules; 2741 }; 2742 2743 /** 2744 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2745 * 2746 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2747 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2748 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2749 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2750 * occurred (in MHz) 2751 */ 2752 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2753 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2754 int n_channels; 2755 u32 channels[]; 2756 }; 2757 2758 /** 2759 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2760 * 2761 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2762 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2763 * match information. 2764 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2765 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2766 */ 2767 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2768 int n_matches; 2769 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2770 }; 2771 2772 /** 2773 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2774 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2775 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2776 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2777 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2778 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2779 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2780 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2781 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2782 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2783 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2784 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2785 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2786 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2787 * it is. 2788 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2789 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2790 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2791 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2792 */ 2793 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2794 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2795 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2796 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2797 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2798 s32 pattern_idx; 2799 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2800 const void *packet; 2801 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2802 }; 2803 2804 /** 2805 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2806 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2807 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2808 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2809 */ 2810 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2811 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2812 }; 2813 2814 /** 2815 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2816 * 2817 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2818 * 2819 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2820 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2821 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2822 */ 2823 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2824 u16 md; 2825 const u8 *ie; 2826 size_t ie_len; 2827 }; 2828 2829 /** 2830 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2831 * 2832 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2833 * 2834 * @chan: channel to use 2835 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2836 * @wait: duration for ROC 2837 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2838 * @len: buffer length 2839 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2840 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2841 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2842 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2843 */ 2844 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2845 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2846 bool offchan; 2847 unsigned int wait; 2848 const u8 *buf; 2849 size_t len; 2850 bool no_cck; 2851 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2852 int n_csa_offsets; 2853 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2854 }; 2855 2856 /** 2857 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2858 * 2859 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2860 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2861 */ 2862 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2863 u8 dscp; 2864 u8 up; 2865 }; 2866 2867 /** 2868 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2869 * 2870 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2871 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2872 */ 2873 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2874 u8 low; 2875 u8 high; 2876 }; 2877 2878 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2879 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2880 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2881 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2882 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2883 2884 /** 2885 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2886 * 2887 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2888 * 2889 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2890 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2891 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2892 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2893 */ 2894 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2895 u8 num_des; 2896 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2897 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2898 }; 2899 2900 /** 2901 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2902 * 2903 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2904 * 2905 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 2906 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 2907 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 2908 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 2909 */ 2910 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 2911 u8 master_pref; 2912 u8 bands; 2913 }; 2914 2915 /** 2916 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 2917 * configuration 2918 * 2919 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 2920 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 2921 */ 2922 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 2923 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 2924 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 2925 }; 2926 2927 /** 2928 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 2929 * 2930 * @filter: the content of the filter 2931 * @len: the length of the filter 2932 */ 2933 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 2934 const u8 *filter; 2935 u8 len; 2936 }; 2937 2938 /** 2939 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 2940 * 2941 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 2942 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 2943 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 2944 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 2945 * implementation specific. 2946 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 2947 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 2948 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 2949 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 2950 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 2951 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 2952 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 2953 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 2954 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 2955 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 2956 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 2957 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 2958 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 2959 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 2960 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 2961 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 2962 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 2963 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 2964 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 2965 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 2966 */ 2967 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 2968 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 2969 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 2970 u8 publish_type; 2971 bool close_range; 2972 bool publish_bcast; 2973 bool subscribe_active; 2974 u8 followup_id; 2975 u8 followup_reqid; 2976 struct mac_address followup_dest; 2977 u32 ttl; 2978 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 2979 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 2980 bool srf_include; 2981 const u8 *srf_bf; 2982 u8 srf_bf_len; 2983 u8 srf_bf_idx; 2984 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 2985 int srf_num_macs; 2986 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 2987 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 2988 u8 num_tx_filters; 2989 u8 num_rx_filters; 2990 u8 instance_id; 2991 u64 cookie; 2992 }; 2993 2994 /** 2995 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 2996 * 2997 * @aa: authenticator address 2998 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 2999 * @pmk: the PMK material 3000 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3001 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3002 * holds PMK-R0. 3003 */ 3004 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3005 const u8 *aa; 3006 u8 pmk_len; 3007 const u8 *pmk; 3008 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3009 }; 3010 3011 /** 3012 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3013 * 3014 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3015 * 3016 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3017 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3018 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3019 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3020 * authentication response command interface. 3021 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3022 * authentication response command interface. 3023 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3024 * authentication request event interface. 3025 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3026 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3027 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3028 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3029 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3030 */ 3031 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3032 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3033 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3034 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3035 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3036 u16 status; 3037 const u8 *pmkid; 3038 }; 3039 3040 /** 3041 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3042 * 3043 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3044 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3045 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3046 * answered 3047 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3048 * successfully answered 3049 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3050 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3051 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3052 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3053 * of how much time the responder was busy 3054 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3055 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3056 * the responder 3057 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3058 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3059 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3060 */ 3061 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3062 u32 filled; 3063 u32 success_num; 3064 u32 partial_num; 3065 u32 failed_num; 3066 u32 asap_num; 3067 u32 non_asap_num; 3068 u64 total_duration_ms; 3069 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3070 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3071 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3072 }; 3073 3074 /** 3075 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3076 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3077 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3078 * reason than just "failure" 3079 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3080 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3081 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3082 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3083 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3084 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3085 * by the responder 3086 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3087 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3088 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3089 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3090 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3091 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3092 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3093 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3094 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3095 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3096 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3097 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3098 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3099 * the square root of the variance) 3100 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3101 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3102 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3103 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3104 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3105 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3106 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3107 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3108 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3109 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3110 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3111 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3112 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3113 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3114 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3115 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3116 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3117 */ 3118 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3119 const u8 *lci; 3120 const u8 *civicloc; 3121 unsigned int lci_len; 3122 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3123 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3124 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3125 s16 burst_index; 3126 u8 busy_retry_time; 3127 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3128 u8 burst_duration; 3129 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3130 s32 rssi_avg; 3131 s32 rssi_spread; 3132 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3133 s64 rtt_avg; 3134 s64 rtt_variance; 3135 s64 rtt_spread; 3136 s64 dist_avg; 3137 s64 dist_variance; 3138 s64 dist_spread; 3139 3140 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3141 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3142 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3143 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3144 tx_rate_valid:1, 3145 rx_rate_valid:1, 3146 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3147 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3148 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3149 dist_avg_valid:1, 3150 dist_variance_valid:1, 3151 dist_spread_valid:1; 3152 }; 3153 3154 /** 3155 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3156 * @addr: address of the peer 3157 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3158 * measurement was made) 3159 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3160 * @status: status of the measurement 3161 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3162 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3163 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3164 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3165 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3166 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3167 */ 3168 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3169 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3170 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3171 3172 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3173 3174 u8 final:1, 3175 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3176 3177 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3178 3179 union { 3180 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3181 }; 3182 }; 3183 3184 /** 3185 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3186 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3187 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3188 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3189 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3190 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3191 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3192 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3193 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3194 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3195 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3196 * 3197 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3198 */ 3199 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3200 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3201 u16 burst_period; 3202 u8 requested:1, 3203 asap:1, 3204 request_lci:1, 3205 request_civicloc:1; 3206 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3207 u8 burst_duration; 3208 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3209 u8 ftmr_retries; 3210 }; 3211 3212 /** 3213 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3214 * @addr: MAC address 3215 * @chandef: channel to use 3216 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3217 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3218 */ 3219 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3220 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3221 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3222 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3223 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3224 }; 3225 3226 /** 3227 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3228 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3229 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3230 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3231 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3232 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3233 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3234 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3235 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3236 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3237 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3238 * zero it means there's no timeout 3239 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3240 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3241 */ 3242 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3243 u64 cookie; 3244 void *drv_data; 3245 u32 n_peers; 3246 u32 nl_portid; 3247 3248 u32 timeout; 3249 3250 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3251 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3252 3253 struct list_head list; 3254 3255 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3256 }; 3257 3258 /** 3259 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3260 * 3261 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3262 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3263 * 3264 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3265 * 3266 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3267 * has to be done. 3268 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3269 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3270 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3271 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3272 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3273 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3274 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3275 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3276 */ 3277 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3278 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3279 u16 status; 3280 const u8 *ie; 3281 size_t ie_len; 3282 }; 3283 3284 /** 3285 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3286 * 3287 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3288 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3289 * 3290 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3291 * on success or a negative error code. 3292 * 3293 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3294 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3295 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3296 * 3297 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3298 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3299 * configured for the device. 3300 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3301 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3302 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3303 * the device. 3304 * 3305 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3306 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3307 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3308 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3309 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3310 * 3311 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3312 * 3313 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3314 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3315 * 3316 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3317 * when adding a group key. 3318 * 3319 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3320 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3321 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3322 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3323 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3324 * 3325 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3326 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3327 * 3328 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3329 * 3330 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3331 * 3332 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3333 * 3334 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3335 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3336 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3337 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3338 * 3339 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3340 * @del_station: Remove a station 3341 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3342 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3343 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3344 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3345 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3346 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3347 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3348 * 3349 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3350 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3351 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3352 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3353 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3354 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3355 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3356 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3357 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3358 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3359 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3360 * 3361 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3362 * 3363 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3364 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3365 * set, and which to leave alone. 3366 * 3367 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3368 * 3369 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3370 * 3371 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3372 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3373 * join the mesh instead. 3374 * 3375 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3376 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3377 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3378 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3379 * 3380 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3381 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3382 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3383 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3384 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3385 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3386 * 3387 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3388 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3389 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3390 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3391 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3392 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3393 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3394 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3395 * 3396 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3397 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3398 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3399 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3400 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3401 * was received. 3402 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3403 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3404 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3405 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3406 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3407 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3408 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3409 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3410 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3411 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3412 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3413 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3414 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3415 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3416 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3417 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3418 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3419 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3420 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3421 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3422 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3423 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3424 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3425 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3426 * 3427 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3428 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3429 * to a merge. 3430 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3431 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3432 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3433 * 3434 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3435 * MESH mode) 3436 * 3437 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3438 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3439 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3440 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3441 * 3442 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3443 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3444 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3445 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3446 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3447 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3448 * return 0 if successful 3449 * 3450 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3451 * 3452 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3453 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3454 * 3455 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3456 * 3457 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3458 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3459 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3460 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3461 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3462 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3463 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3464 * the duration value. 3465 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3466 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3467 * frame on another channel 3468 * 3469 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3470 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3471 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3472 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3473 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3474 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3475 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3476 * 3477 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3478 * 3479 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3480 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3481 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3482 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3483 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3484 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3485 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3486 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3487 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3488 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3489 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3490 * disabled.) 3491 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3492 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3493 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3494 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3495 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3496 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3497 * thresholds. 3498 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3499 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3500 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3501 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3502 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3503 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3504 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3505 * 3506 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3507 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3508 * 3509 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3510 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3511 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3512 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3513 * 3514 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3515 * 3516 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3517 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3518 * 3519 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3520 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3521 * 3522 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3523 * 3524 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3525 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3526 * current monitoring channel. 3527 * 3528 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3529 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3530 * 3531 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3532 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3533 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3534 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3535 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3536 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3537 * 3538 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3539 * 3540 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3541 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3542 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3543 * 3544 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3545 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3546 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3547 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3548 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3549 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3550 * 3551 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3552 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3553 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3554 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3555 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3556 * as soon as possible. 3557 * 3558 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3559 * 3560 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3561 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3562 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3563 * 3564 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3565 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3566 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3567 * account. 3568 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3569 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3570 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3571 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3572 * rejected) 3573 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3574 * 3575 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3576 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3577 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3578 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3579 * 3580 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3581 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3582 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3583 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3584 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3585 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3586 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3587 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3588 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3589 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3590 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3591 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3592 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3593 * provided @nan_func. 3594 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3595 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3596 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3597 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3598 * 3599 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3600 * 3601 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3602 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3603 * 3604 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3605 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3606 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3607 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3608 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3609 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3610 * 3611 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3612 * user space 3613 * 3614 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3615 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3616 * 3617 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3618 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3619 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3620 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3621 * 3622 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3623 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3624 * DH IE through this interface. 3625 * 3626 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3627 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3628 */ 3629 struct cfg80211_ops { 3630 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3631 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3632 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3633 3634 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3635 const char *name, 3636 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3637 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3638 struct vif_params *params); 3639 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3640 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3641 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3642 struct net_device *dev, 3643 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3644 struct vif_params *params); 3645 3646 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3647 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3648 struct key_params *params); 3649 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3650 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3651 void *cookie, 3652 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3653 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3654 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3655 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3656 struct net_device *netdev, 3657 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3658 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3659 struct net_device *netdev, 3660 u8 key_index); 3661 3662 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3663 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3664 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3665 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3666 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3667 3668 3669 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3670 const u8 *mac, 3671 struct station_parameters *params); 3672 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3673 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3674 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3675 const u8 *mac, 3676 struct station_parameters *params); 3677 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3678 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3679 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3680 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3681 3682 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3683 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3684 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3685 const u8 *dst); 3686 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3687 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3688 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3689 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3690 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3691 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3692 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3693 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3694 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3695 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3696 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3697 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3698 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3699 struct net_device *dev, 3700 struct mesh_config *conf); 3701 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3702 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3703 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3704 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3705 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3706 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3707 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3708 3709 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3710 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3711 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3712 3713 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3714 struct bss_parameters *params); 3715 3716 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3717 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3718 3719 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3720 struct net_device *dev, 3721 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3722 3723 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3724 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3725 3726 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3727 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3728 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3729 3730 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3731 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3732 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3733 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3734 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3735 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3736 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3737 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3738 3739 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3740 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3741 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3742 struct net_device *dev, 3743 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3744 u32 changed); 3745 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3746 u16 reason_code); 3747 3748 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3749 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3750 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3751 3752 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3753 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3754 3755 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3756 3757 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3758 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3759 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3760 int *dbm); 3761 3762 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3763 const u8 *addr); 3764 3765 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3766 3767 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3768 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3769 void *data, int len); 3770 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3771 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3772 void *data, int len); 3773 #endif 3774 3775 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3776 struct net_device *dev, 3777 const u8 *peer, 3778 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3779 3780 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3781 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3782 3783 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3784 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3785 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3786 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3787 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3788 3789 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3790 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3791 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3792 unsigned int duration, 3793 u64 *cookie); 3794 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3795 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3796 u64 cookie); 3797 3798 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3799 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3800 u64 *cookie); 3801 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3802 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3803 u64 cookie); 3804 3805 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3806 bool enabled, int timeout); 3807 3808 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3809 struct net_device *dev, 3810 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3811 3812 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3813 struct net_device *dev, 3814 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3815 3816 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3817 struct net_device *dev, 3818 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3819 3820 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3821 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3822 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3823 3824 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3825 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3826 3827 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3828 struct net_device *dev, 3829 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3830 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3831 u64 reqid); 3832 3833 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3834 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3835 3836 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3837 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3838 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3839 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3840 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3841 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3842 3843 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3844 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3845 3846 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3847 struct net_device *dev, 3848 u16 noack_map); 3849 3850 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3851 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3852 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3853 3854 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3855 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3856 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3857 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3858 3859 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3860 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3861 3862 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3863 struct net_device *dev, 3864 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3865 u32 cac_time_ms); 3866 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3867 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3868 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3869 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3870 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3871 u16 duration); 3872 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3873 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3874 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3875 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3876 3877 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3878 struct net_device *dev, 3879 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3880 3881 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3882 struct net_device *dev, 3883 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 3884 3885 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3886 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3887 3888 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3889 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 3890 u16 admitted_time); 3891 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3892 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 3893 3894 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3895 struct net_device *dev, 3896 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 3897 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3898 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3899 struct net_device *dev, 3900 const u8 *addr); 3901 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3902 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 3903 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3904 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3905 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 3906 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3907 u64 cookie); 3908 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3909 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3910 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 3911 u32 changes); 3912 3913 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3914 struct net_device *dev, 3915 const bool enabled); 3916 3917 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3918 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3919 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 3920 3921 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3922 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 3923 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3924 const u8 *aa); 3925 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3926 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 3927 3928 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3929 struct net_device *dev, 3930 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 3931 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 3932 const bool noencrypt); 3933 3934 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3935 struct net_device *dev, 3936 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 3937 3938 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3939 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3940 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3941 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3942 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3943 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 3944 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3945 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3946 }; 3947 3948 /* 3949 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 3950 * and registration/helper functions 3951 */ 3952 3953 /** 3954 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 3955 * 3956 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 3957 * wiphy at all 3958 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 3959 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 3960 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 3961 * reason to override the default 3962 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 3963 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 3964 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 3965 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 3966 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 3967 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 3968 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 3969 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 3970 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 3971 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 3972 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 3973 * firmware. 3974 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 3975 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 3976 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 3977 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 3978 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 3979 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 3980 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 3981 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 3982 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 3983 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 3984 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 3985 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 3986 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 3987 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 3988 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 3989 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 3990 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 3991 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 3992 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 3993 * before connection. 3994 */ 3995 enum wiphy_flags { 3996 /* use hole at 0 */ 3997 /* use hole at 1 */ 3998 /* use hole at 2 */ 3999 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4000 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4001 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4002 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4003 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4004 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4005 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4006 /* use hole at 11 */ 4007 /* use hole at 12 */ 4008 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4009 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4010 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4011 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4012 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4013 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4014 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4015 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4016 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4017 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4018 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4019 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4020 }; 4021 4022 /** 4023 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4024 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4025 * @types: interface types (bits) 4026 */ 4027 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4028 u16 max; 4029 u16 types; 4030 }; 4031 4032 /** 4033 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4034 * 4035 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4036 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4037 * 4038 * Examples: 4039 * 4040 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4041 * 4042 * .. code-block:: c 4043 * 4044 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4045 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4046 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4047 * }; 4048 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4049 * .limits = limits1, 4050 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4051 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4052 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4053 * }; 4054 * 4055 * 4056 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4057 * 4058 * .. code-block:: c 4059 * 4060 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4061 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4062 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4063 * }; 4064 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4065 * .limits = limits2, 4066 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4067 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4068 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4069 * }; 4070 * 4071 * 4072 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4073 * 4074 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4075 * 4076 * .. code-block:: c 4077 * 4078 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4079 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4080 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4081 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4082 * }; 4083 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4084 * .limits = limits3, 4085 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4086 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4087 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4088 * }; 4089 * 4090 */ 4091 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4092 /** 4093 * @limits: 4094 * limits for the given interface types 4095 */ 4096 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4097 4098 /** 4099 * @num_different_channels: 4100 * can use up to this many different channels 4101 */ 4102 u32 num_different_channels; 4103 4104 /** 4105 * @max_interfaces: 4106 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4107 */ 4108 u16 max_interfaces; 4109 4110 /** 4111 * @n_limits: 4112 * number of limitations 4113 */ 4114 u8 n_limits; 4115 4116 /** 4117 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4118 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4119 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4120 */ 4121 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4122 4123 /** 4124 * @radar_detect_widths: 4125 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4126 */ 4127 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4128 4129 /** 4130 * @radar_detect_regions: 4131 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4132 */ 4133 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4134 4135 /** 4136 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4137 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4138 * 4139 * = 0 4140 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4141 * > 0 4142 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4143 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4144 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4145 */ 4146 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4147 }; 4148 4149 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4150 u16 tx, rx; 4151 }; 4152 4153 /** 4154 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4155 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4156 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4157 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4158 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4159 * packet should be preserved in that case 4160 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4161 * (see nl80211.h) 4162 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4163 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4164 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4165 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4166 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4167 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4168 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4169 */ 4170 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4171 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4172 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4173 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4174 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4175 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4176 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4177 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4178 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4179 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4180 }; 4181 4182 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4183 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4184 u32 data_payload_max; 4185 u32 data_interval_max; 4186 u32 wake_payload_max; 4187 bool seq; 4188 }; 4189 4190 /** 4191 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4192 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4193 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4194 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4195 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4196 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4197 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4198 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4199 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4200 * scheduled scans. 4201 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4202 * details. 4203 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4204 */ 4205 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4206 u32 flags; 4207 int n_patterns; 4208 int pattern_max_len; 4209 int pattern_min_len; 4210 int max_pkt_offset; 4211 int max_nd_match_sets; 4212 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4213 }; 4214 4215 /** 4216 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4217 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4218 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4219 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4220 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4221 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4222 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4223 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4224 */ 4225 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4226 int n_rules; 4227 int max_delay; 4228 int n_patterns; 4229 int pattern_max_len; 4230 int pattern_min_len; 4231 int max_pkt_offset; 4232 }; 4233 4234 /** 4235 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4236 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4237 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4238 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4239 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4240 */ 4241 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4242 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4243 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4244 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4245 }; 4246 4247 /** 4248 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4249 * 4250 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4251 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4252 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4253 * 4254 */ 4255 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4256 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4257 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4258 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4259 }; 4260 4261 /** 4262 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4263 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4264 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4265 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4266 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4267 */ 4268 4269 struct sta_opmode_info { 4270 u32 changed; 4271 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4272 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4273 u8 rx_nss; 4274 }; 4275 4276 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4277 4278 /** 4279 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4280 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4281 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4282 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4283 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4284 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4285 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4286 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4287 * dumpit calls. 4288 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4289 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4290 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4291 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4292 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4293 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4294 * are used with dump requests. 4295 */ 4296 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4297 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4298 u32 flags; 4299 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4300 const void *data, int data_len); 4301 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4302 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4303 unsigned long *storage); 4304 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4305 unsigned int maxattr; 4306 }; 4307 4308 /** 4309 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4310 * @iftype: interface type 4311 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4312 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4313 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4314 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4315 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4316 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4317 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4318 */ 4319 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4320 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4321 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4322 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4323 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4324 }; 4325 4326 /** 4327 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4328 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4329 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4330 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4331 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4332 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4333 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4334 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4335 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4336 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4337 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4338 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4339 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4340 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4341 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4342 * not limited) 4343 */ 4344 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4345 unsigned int max_peers; 4346 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4347 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4348 4349 struct { 4350 u32 preambles; 4351 u32 bandwidths; 4352 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4353 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4354 u8 supported:1, 4355 asap:1, 4356 non_asap:1, 4357 request_lci:1, 4358 request_civicloc:1; 4359 } ftm; 4360 }; 4361 4362 /** 4363 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4364 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4365 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4366 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4367 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4368 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4369 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4370 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4371 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4372 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4373 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4374 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites 4375 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4376 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4377 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4378 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4379 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4380 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4381 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4382 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4383 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4384 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4385 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4386 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4387 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4388 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4389 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4390 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4391 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4392 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4393 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4394 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4395 * unregister hardware 4396 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed 4397 * automatically on wiphy renames 4398 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy 4399 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister 4400 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4401 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4402 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4403 * must be set by driver 4404 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4405 * list single interface types. 4406 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4407 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4408 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4409 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4410 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4411 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4412 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4413 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4414 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4415 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4416 * this variable determines its size 4417 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4418 * any given scan 4419 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4420 * the device can run concurrently. 4421 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4422 * for in any given scheduled scan 4423 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4424 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4425 * supported. 4426 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4427 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4428 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4429 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4430 * scans 4431 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4432 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4433 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4434 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4435 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4436 * scan plan supported by the device. 4437 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4438 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4439 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4440 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4441 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4442 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4443 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4444 * 4445 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4446 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4447 * type 4448 * 4449 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4450 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4451 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4452 * 4453 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4454 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4455 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4456 * 4457 * @probe_resp_offload: 4458 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4459 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4460 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4461 * 4462 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4463 * may request, if implemented. 4464 * 4465 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4466 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4467 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4468 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4469 * 4470 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4471 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4472 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4473 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4474 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4475 * 4476 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4477 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4478 * 4479 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4480 * supports for ACL. 4481 * 4482 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4483 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4484 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4485 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4486 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4487 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4488 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4489 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4490 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4491 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4492 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4493 * capabilities are specified separately. 4494 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4495 * 4496 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4497 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4498 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4499 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4500 * 4501 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4502 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4503 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4504 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4505 * 4506 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4507 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4508 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4509 * infinite. 4510 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the 4511 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which 4512 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the 4513 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set 4514 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate. 4515 * This value should be set in MHz. 4516 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4517 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4518 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4519 * 4520 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4521 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4522 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4523 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4524 * 4525 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4526 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4527 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4528 * 4529 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4530 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4531 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4532 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4533 * 4534 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4535 */ 4536 struct wiphy { 4537 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4538 4539 /* permanent MAC address(es) */ 4540 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4541 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4542 4543 struct mac_address *addresses; 4544 4545 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4546 4547 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4548 int n_iface_combinations; 4549 u16 software_iftypes; 4550 4551 u16 n_addresses; 4552 4553 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4554 u16 interface_modes; 4555 4556 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4557 4558 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4559 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4560 4561 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4562 4563 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4564 4565 int bss_priv_size; 4566 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4567 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4568 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4569 u8 max_match_sets; 4570 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4571 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4572 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4573 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4574 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4575 4576 int n_cipher_suites; 4577 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4578 4579 int n_akm_suites; 4580 const u32 *akm_suites; 4581 4582 u8 retry_short; 4583 u8 retry_long; 4584 u32 frag_threshold; 4585 u32 rts_threshold; 4586 u8 coverage_class; 4587 4588 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4589 u32 hw_version; 4590 4591 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4592 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4593 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4594 #endif 4595 4596 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4597 4598 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4599 4600 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4601 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4602 4603 /* 4604 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading 4605 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4606 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4607 */ 4608 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4609 4610 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4611 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4612 4613 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4614 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4615 4616 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. 4617 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't 4618 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered 4619 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to 4620 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ 4621 const void *privid; 4622 4623 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4624 4625 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ 4626 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4627 struct regulatory_request *request); 4628 4629 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4630 4631 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4632 4633 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, 4634 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ 4635 struct device dev; 4636 4637 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */ 4638 bool registered; 4639 4640 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */ 4641 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4642 4643 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4644 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4645 4646 struct list_head wdev_list; 4647 4648 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */ 4649 possible_net_t _net; 4650 4651 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4652 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4653 #endif 4654 4655 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4656 4657 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4658 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4659 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4660 4661 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4662 4663 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4664 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp; 4665 4666 u32 bss_select_support; 4667 4668 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4669 4670 u32 txq_limit; 4671 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4672 u32 txq_quantum; 4673 4674 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4675 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4676 4677 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4678 4679 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4680 }; 4681 4682 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4683 { 4684 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4685 } 4686 4687 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4688 { 4689 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4690 } 4691 4692 /** 4693 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4694 * 4695 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4696 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4697 */ 4698 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4699 { 4700 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4701 return &wiphy->priv; 4702 } 4703 4704 /** 4705 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4706 * 4707 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4708 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4709 */ 4710 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4711 { 4712 BUG_ON(!priv); 4713 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4714 } 4715 4716 /** 4717 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4718 * 4719 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4720 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4721 */ 4722 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4723 { 4724 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4725 } 4726 4727 /** 4728 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4729 * 4730 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4731 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4732 */ 4733 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4734 { 4735 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4736 } 4737 4738 /** 4739 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4740 * 4741 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4742 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4743 */ 4744 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4745 { 4746 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4747 } 4748 4749 /** 4750 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4751 * 4752 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4753 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4754 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4755 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4756 * 4757 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4758 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4759 * 4760 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4761 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4762 */ 4763 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4764 const char *requested_name); 4765 4766 /** 4767 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4768 * 4769 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4770 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4771 * 4772 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4773 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4774 * 4775 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4776 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4777 */ 4778 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4779 int sizeof_priv) 4780 { 4781 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4782 } 4783 4784 /** 4785 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4786 * 4787 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4788 * 4789 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4790 */ 4791 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4792 4793 /** 4794 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4795 * 4796 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4797 * 4798 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4799 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4800 * request that is being handled. 4801 */ 4802 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4803 4804 /** 4805 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4806 * 4807 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4808 */ 4809 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4810 4811 /* internal structs */ 4812 struct cfg80211_conn; 4813 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4814 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4815 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4816 4817 /** 4818 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4819 * 4820 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4821 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4822 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4823 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4824 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4825 * 4826 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4827 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4828 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4829 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4830 * 4831 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4832 * @iftype: interface type 4833 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4834 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4835 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4836 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4837 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4838 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4839 * the user-set channel definition. 4840 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4841 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4842 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4843 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4844 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4845 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4846 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4847 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 4848 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 4849 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 4850 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 4851 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 4852 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 4853 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 4854 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 4855 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 4856 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 4857 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 4858 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 4859 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 4860 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 4861 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 4862 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 4863 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 4864 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 4865 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 4866 * and some API functions require it held 4867 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 4868 * beacons, 0 when not valid 4869 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 4870 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 4871 * the P2P Device. 4872 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 4873 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 4874 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 4875 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 4876 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 4877 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 4878 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 4879 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 4880 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 4881 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 4882 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 4883 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 4884 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 4885 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 4886 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 4887 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 4888 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 4889 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 4890 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 4891 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 4892 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 4893 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 4894 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 4895 */ 4896 struct wireless_dev { 4897 struct wiphy *wiphy; 4898 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4899 4900 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 4901 struct list_head list; 4902 struct net_device *netdev; 4903 4904 u32 identifier; 4905 4906 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 4907 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 4908 4909 struct mutex mtx; 4910 4911 bool use_4addr, is_running; 4912 4913 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 4914 4915 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 4916 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4917 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 4918 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 4919 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 4920 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 4921 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 4922 4923 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 4924 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4925 4926 struct list_head event_list; 4927 spinlock_t event_lock; 4928 4929 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 4930 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 4931 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4932 4933 bool ibss_fixed; 4934 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 4935 4936 bool ps; 4937 int ps_timeout; 4938 4939 int beacon_interval; 4940 4941 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 4942 4943 u32 owner_nlportid; 4944 bool nl_owner_dead; 4945 4946 bool cac_started; 4947 unsigned long cac_start_time; 4948 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 4949 4950 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4951 /* wext data */ 4952 struct { 4953 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 4954 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 4955 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 4956 const u8 *ie; 4957 size_t ie_len; 4958 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4959 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4960 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4961 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 4962 bool prev_bssid_valid; 4963 } wext; 4964 #endif 4965 4966 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 4967 4968 struct list_head pmsr_list; 4969 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 4970 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 4971 }; 4972 4973 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4974 { 4975 if (wdev->netdev) 4976 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 4977 return wdev->address; 4978 } 4979 4980 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4981 { 4982 if (wdev->netdev) 4983 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 4984 return wdev->is_running; 4985 } 4986 4987 /** 4988 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 4989 * 4990 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 4991 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 4992 */ 4993 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4994 { 4995 BUG_ON(!wdev); 4996 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 4997 } 4998 4999 /** 5000 * DOC: Utility functions 5001 * 5002 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5003 */ 5004 5005 /** 5006 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5007 * @chan: channel number 5008 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5009 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5010 */ 5011 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5012 5013 /** 5014 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5015 * @freq: center frequency 5016 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5017 */ 5018 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 5019 5020 /** 5021 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5022 * 5023 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5024 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 5025 * 5026 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5027 */ 5028 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 5029 5030 /** 5031 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5032 * 5033 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5034 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5035 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5036 * 5037 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5038 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5039 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5040 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5041 */ 5042 struct ieee80211_rate * 5043 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5044 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5045 5046 /** 5047 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5048 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5049 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5050 * 5051 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5052 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5053 */ 5054 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5055 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5056 5057 /* 5058 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5059 * 5060 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5061 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 5062 */ 5063 5064 struct radiotap_align_size { 5065 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5066 }; 5067 5068 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5069 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5070 int n_bits; 5071 uint32_t oui; 5072 uint8_t subns; 5073 }; 5074 5075 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5076 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5077 int n_ns; 5078 }; 5079 5080 /** 5081 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5082 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5083 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5084 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5085 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5086 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5087 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5088 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5089 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5090 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5091 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5092 * radiotap namespace or not 5093 * 5094 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5095 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5096 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5097 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5098 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5099 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5100 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5101 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5102 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5103 * next bitmap word 5104 * 5105 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5106 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5107 */ 5108 5109 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5110 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5111 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5112 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5113 5114 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5115 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5116 5117 unsigned char *this_arg; 5118 int this_arg_index; 5119 int this_arg_size; 5120 5121 int is_radiotap_ns; 5122 5123 int _max_length; 5124 int _arg_index; 5125 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5126 int _reset_on_ext; 5127 }; 5128 5129 int 5130 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5131 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5132 int max_length, 5133 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5134 5135 int 5136 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5137 5138 5139 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5140 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5141 5142 /** 5143 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5144 * 5145 * @skb: the frame 5146 * 5147 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5148 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5149 * 5150 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5151 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5152 * 802.11 header. 5153 */ 5154 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5155 5156 /** 5157 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5158 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5159 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5160 */ 5161 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5162 5163 /** 5164 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5165 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5166 * (first byte) will be accessed 5167 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5168 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5169 */ 5170 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5171 5172 /** 5173 * DOC: Data path helpers 5174 * 5175 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5176 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5177 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5178 */ 5179 5180 /** 5181 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5182 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5183 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5184 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5185 * @addr: the device MAC address 5186 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5187 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5188 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5189 */ 5190 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5191 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5192 u8 data_offset); 5193 5194 /** 5195 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5196 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5197 * @addr: the device MAC address 5198 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5199 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5200 */ 5201 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5202 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5203 { 5204 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5205 } 5206 5207 /** 5208 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5209 * 5210 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5211 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5212 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5213 * 5214 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5215 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5216 * initialized by by the caller. 5217 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5218 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5219 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5220 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5221 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5222 */ 5223 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5224 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5225 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5226 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5227 5228 /** 5229 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5230 * @skb: the data frame 5231 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5232 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5233 */ 5234 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5235 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5236 5237 /** 5238 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5239 * 5240 * @eid: element ID 5241 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5242 * @len: length of data 5243 * @match: byte array to match 5244 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5245 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5246 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5247 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5248 * the data portion instead. 5249 * 5250 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5251 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5252 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5253 * requested element struct. 5254 * 5255 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5256 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5257 * byte array to match. 5258 */ 5259 const struct element * 5260 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5261 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5262 unsigned int match_offset); 5263 5264 /** 5265 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5266 * 5267 * @eid: element ID 5268 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5269 * @len: length of data 5270 * @match: byte array to match 5271 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5272 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5273 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5274 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5275 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5276 * the second byte is the IE length. 5277 * 5278 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5279 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5280 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5281 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5282 * element ID. 5283 * 5284 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5285 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5286 * byte array to match. 5287 */ 5288 static inline const u8 * 5289 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5290 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5291 unsigned int match_offset) 5292 { 5293 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5294 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5295 */ 5296 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5297 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5298 return NULL; 5299 5300 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5301 match, match_len, 5302 match_offset ? 5303 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5304 } 5305 5306 /** 5307 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5308 * 5309 * @eid: element ID 5310 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5311 * @len: length of data 5312 * 5313 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5314 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5315 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5316 * requested element struct. 5317 * 5318 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5319 * having to fit into the given data. 5320 */ 5321 static inline const struct element * 5322 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5323 { 5324 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5325 } 5326 5327 /** 5328 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5329 * 5330 * @eid: element ID 5331 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5332 * @len: length of data 5333 * 5334 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5335 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5336 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5337 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5338 * 5339 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5340 * having to fit into the given data. 5341 */ 5342 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5343 { 5344 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5345 } 5346 5347 /** 5348 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5349 * 5350 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5351 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5352 * @len: length of data 5353 * 5354 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5355 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5356 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5357 * requested element struct. 5358 * 5359 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5360 * having to fit into the given data. 5361 */ 5362 static inline const struct element * 5363 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5364 { 5365 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5366 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5367 } 5368 5369 /** 5370 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5371 * 5372 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5373 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5374 * @len: length of data 5375 * 5376 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5377 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5378 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5379 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5380 * 5381 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5382 * having to fit into the given data. 5383 */ 5384 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5385 { 5386 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5387 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5388 } 5389 5390 /** 5391 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5392 * 5393 * @oui: vendor OUI 5394 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5395 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5396 * @len: length of data 5397 * 5398 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5399 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5400 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5401 * 5402 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5403 * the given data. 5404 */ 5405 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5406 const u8 *ies, 5407 unsigned int len); 5408 5409 /** 5410 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5411 * 5412 * @oui: vendor OUI 5413 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5414 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5415 * @len: length of data 5416 * 5417 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5418 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5419 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5420 * element ID. 5421 * 5422 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5423 * the given data. 5424 */ 5425 static inline const u8 * 5426 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5427 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5428 { 5429 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5430 } 5431 5432 /** 5433 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5434 * 5435 * @dev: network device 5436 * @addr: STA MAC address 5437 * 5438 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5439 * devices upon STA association. 5440 */ 5441 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5442 5443 /** 5444 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5445 * 5446 * TODO 5447 */ 5448 5449 /** 5450 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5451 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5452 * conflicts) 5453 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5454 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5455 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5456 * alpha2. 5457 * 5458 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5459 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5460 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5461 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5462 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5463 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5464 * 5465 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5466 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5467 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5468 * 5469 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5470 * an -ENOMEM. 5471 * 5472 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5473 */ 5474 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5475 5476 /** 5477 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5478 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5479 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5480 * 5481 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5482 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5483 * information. 5484 * 5485 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5486 */ 5487 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5488 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5489 5490 /** 5491 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5492 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5493 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5494 * 5495 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5496 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5497 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5498 * 5499 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5500 */ 5501 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5502 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5503 5504 /** 5505 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5506 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5507 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5508 * 5509 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5510 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5511 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5512 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5513 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5514 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5515 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5516 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5517 * that called this helper. 5518 */ 5519 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5520 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5521 5522 /** 5523 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5524 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5525 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5526 * 5527 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5528 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5529 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5530 * and processed already. 5531 * 5532 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5533 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5534 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5535 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5536 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5537 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5538 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5539 */ 5540 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5541 u32 center_freq); 5542 5543 /** 5544 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5545 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5546 * 5547 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5548 * proper string representation. 5549 */ 5550 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5551 5552 /** 5553 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5554 * 5555 */ 5556 5557 /** 5558 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5559 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5560 * 5561 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5562 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5563 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5564 * 5565 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5566 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5567 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5568 * 5569 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5570 * an -ENODATA. 5571 * 5572 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5573 */ 5574 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5575 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5576 5577 /* 5578 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5579 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5580 */ 5581 5582 /** 5583 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5584 * 5585 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5586 * @info: information about the completed scan 5587 */ 5588 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5589 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5590 5591 /** 5592 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5593 * 5594 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5595 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5596 */ 5597 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5598 5599 /** 5600 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5601 * 5602 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5603 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5604 * 5605 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5606 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5607 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5608 */ 5609 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5610 5611 /** 5612 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5613 * 5614 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5615 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5616 * 5617 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5618 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5619 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5620 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5621 */ 5622 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5623 5624 /** 5625 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5626 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5627 * @data: the BSS metadata 5628 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5629 * @len: length of the management frame 5630 * @gfp: context flags 5631 * 5632 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5633 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5634 * 5635 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5636 * Or %NULL on error. 5637 */ 5638 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5639 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5640 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5641 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5642 gfp_t gfp); 5643 5644 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5645 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5646 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5647 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5648 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5649 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5650 { 5651 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5652 .chan = rx_channel, 5653 .scan_width = scan_width, 5654 .signal = signal, 5655 }; 5656 5657 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5658 } 5659 5660 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5661 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5662 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5663 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5664 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5665 { 5666 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5667 .chan = rx_channel, 5668 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5669 .signal = signal, 5670 }; 5671 5672 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5673 } 5674 5675 /** 5676 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5677 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5678 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5679 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5680 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5681 */ 5682 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5683 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5684 { 5685 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5686 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5687 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5688 5689 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5690 5691 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5692 5693 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5694 } 5695 5696 /** 5697 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 5698 * @element: element to check 5699 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 5700 */ 5701 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 5702 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 5703 5704 /** 5705 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 5706 * @ie: ies 5707 * @ielen: length of IEs 5708 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 5709 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 5710 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 5711 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 5712 */ 5713 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5714 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 5715 const struct element *sub_elem, 5716 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 5717 5718 /** 5719 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5720 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5721 * from a beacon or probe response 5722 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5723 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5724 */ 5725 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5726 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5727 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5728 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5729 }; 5730 5731 /** 5732 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5733 * 5734 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5735 * @data: the BSS metadata 5736 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5737 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5738 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5739 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5740 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5741 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5742 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5743 * @gfp: context flags 5744 * 5745 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5746 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5747 * 5748 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5749 * Or %NULL on error. 5750 */ 5751 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5752 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5753 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5754 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5755 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5756 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5757 gfp_t gfp); 5758 5759 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5760 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5761 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5762 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5763 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5764 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5765 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5766 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5767 { 5768 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5769 .chan = rx_channel, 5770 .scan_width = scan_width, 5771 .signal = signal, 5772 }; 5773 5774 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5775 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5776 gfp); 5777 } 5778 5779 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5780 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5781 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5782 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5783 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5784 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5785 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5786 { 5787 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5788 .chan = rx_channel, 5789 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5790 .signal = signal, 5791 }; 5792 5793 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5794 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5795 gfp); 5796 } 5797 5798 /** 5799 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5800 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5801 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5802 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5803 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5804 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5805 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5806 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5807 */ 5808 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5809 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5810 const u8 *bssid, 5811 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5812 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5813 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5814 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5815 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5816 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5817 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5818 { 5819 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5820 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5821 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5822 } 5823 5824 /** 5825 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5826 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5827 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5828 * 5829 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5830 */ 5831 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5832 5833 /** 5834 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5835 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5836 * @bss: the BSS struct 5837 * 5838 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5839 */ 5840 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5841 5842 /** 5843 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 5844 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5845 * @bss: the bss to remove 5846 * 5847 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 5848 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 5849 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 5850 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 5851 */ 5852 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5853 5854 /** 5855 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 5856 * 5857 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 5858 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 5859 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 5860 * 5861 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5862 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 5863 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 5864 * @iter: the iterator function to call 5865 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 5866 */ 5867 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5868 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 5869 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5870 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5871 void *data), 5872 void *iter_data); 5873 5874 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 5875 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 5876 { 5877 switch (chandef->width) { 5878 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5879 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 5880 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 5881 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 5882 default: 5883 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 5884 } 5885 } 5886 5887 /** 5888 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 5889 * @dev: network device 5890 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 5891 * @len: length of the frame data 5892 * 5893 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 5894 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 5895 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 5896 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5897 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5898 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5899 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 5900 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 5901 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 5902 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 5903 * 5904 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5905 */ 5906 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5907 5908 /** 5909 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 5910 * @dev: network device 5911 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 5912 * 5913 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 5914 * mutex. 5915 */ 5916 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5917 5918 /** 5919 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 5920 * @dev: network device 5921 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 5922 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 5923 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 5924 * @len: length of the frame data 5925 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 5926 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 5927 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 5928 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 5929 * 5930 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5931 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5932 * 5933 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5934 */ 5935 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 5936 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5937 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5938 int uapsd_queues, 5939 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 5940 5941 /** 5942 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 5943 * @dev: network device 5944 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 5945 * 5946 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5947 */ 5948 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5949 5950 /** 5951 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 5952 * @dev: network device 5953 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 5954 * 5955 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 5956 * an association attempt was abandoned. 5957 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5958 */ 5959 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5960 5961 /** 5962 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 5963 * @dev: network device 5964 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 5965 * @len: length of the frame data 5966 * 5967 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 5968 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 5969 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 5970 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 5971 */ 5972 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5973 5974 /** 5975 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 5976 * @dev: network device 5977 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 5978 * @len: length of the frame data 5979 * 5980 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 5981 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 5982 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 5983 */ 5984 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 5985 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5986 5987 /** 5988 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 5989 * @dev: network device 5990 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 5991 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 5992 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 5993 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 5994 * @gfp: allocation flags 5995 * 5996 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 5997 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 5998 * primitive. 5999 */ 6000 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6001 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6002 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6003 6004 /** 6005 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6006 * 6007 * @dev: network device 6008 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6009 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6010 * @gfp: allocation flags 6011 * 6012 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6013 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6014 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6015 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6016 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6017 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6018 */ 6019 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6020 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6021 6022 /** 6023 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 6024 * 6025 * @dev: network device 6026 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6027 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6028 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6029 * @gfp: allocation flags 6030 * 6031 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6032 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6033 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6034 */ 6035 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6036 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6037 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6038 6039 /** 6040 * DOC: RFkill integration 6041 * 6042 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6043 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6044 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6045 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6046 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6047 * 6048 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6049 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6050 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6051 */ 6052 6053 /** 6054 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6055 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6056 * @blocked: block status 6057 */ 6058 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 6059 6060 /** 6061 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6062 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6063 */ 6064 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6065 6066 /** 6067 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6068 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6069 */ 6070 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6071 6072 /** 6073 * DOC: Vendor commands 6074 * 6075 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6076 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6077 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6078 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6079 * the configuration mechanism. 6080 * 6081 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6082 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6083 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6084 * 6085 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6086 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6087 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6088 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6089 * managers etc. need. 6090 */ 6091 6092 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6093 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6094 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6095 int approxlen); 6096 6097 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6098 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6099 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6100 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6101 unsigned int portid, 6102 int vendor_event_idx, 6103 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6104 6105 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6106 6107 /** 6108 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6109 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6110 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6111 * be put into the skb 6112 * 6113 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6114 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6115 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6116 * 6117 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6118 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6119 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6120 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6121 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6122 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6123 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6124 * 6125 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6126 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6127 * 6128 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6129 */ 6130 static inline struct sk_buff * 6131 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6132 { 6133 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6134 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6135 } 6136 6137 /** 6138 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6139 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6140 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6141 * 6142 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6143 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6144 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6145 * skb regardless of the return value. 6146 * 6147 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6148 */ 6149 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6150 6151 /** 6152 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6153 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6154 * 6155 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6156 * Valid to call only there. 6157 */ 6158 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6159 6160 /** 6161 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6162 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6163 * @wdev: the wireless device 6164 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6165 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6166 * be put into the skb 6167 * @gfp: allocation flags 6168 * 6169 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6170 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6171 * 6172 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6173 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6174 * attribute. 6175 * 6176 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6177 * skb to send the event. 6178 * 6179 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6180 */ 6181 static inline struct sk_buff * 6182 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6183 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6184 { 6185 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6186 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6187 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6188 } 6189 6190 /** 6191 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6192 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6193 * @wdev: the wireless device 6194 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6195 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6196 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6197 * be put into the skb 6198 * @gfp: allocation flags 6199 * 6200 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6201 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6202 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6203 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6204 * 6205 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6206 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6207 * attribute. 6208 * 6209 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6210 * skb to send the event. 6211 * 6212 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6213 */ 6214 static inline struct sk_buff * 6215 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6216 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6217 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6218 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6219 { 6220 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6221 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6222 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6223 } 6224 6225 /** 6226 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6227 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6228 * @gfp: allocation flags 6229 * 6230 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6231 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6232 */ 6233 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6234 { 6235 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6236 } 6237 6238 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6239 /** 6240 * DOC: Test mode 6241 * 6242 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6243 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6244 * factory programming. 6245 * 6246 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6247 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6248 */ 6249 6250 /** 6251 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6252 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6253 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6254 * be put into the skb 6255 * 6256 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6257 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6258 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6259 * 6260 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6261 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6262 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6263 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6264 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6265 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6266 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6267 * 6268 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6269 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6270 * 6271 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6272 */ 6273 static inline struct sk_buff * 6274 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6275 { 6276 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6277 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6278 } 6279 6280 /** 6281 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6282 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6283 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6284 * 6285 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6286 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6287 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6288 * regardless of the return value. 6289 * 6290 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6291 */ 6292 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6293 { 6294 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6295 } 6296 6297 /** 6298 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6299 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6300 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6301 * be put into the skb 6302 * @gfp: allocation flags 6303 * 6304 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6305 * testmode multicast group. 6306 * 6307 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6308 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6309 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6310 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6311 * in any other way. 6312 * 6313 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6314 * skb to send the event. 6315 * 6316 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6317 */ 6318 static inline struct sk_buff * 6319 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6320 { 6321 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6322 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6323 approxlen, gfp); 6324 } 6325 6326 /** 6327 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6328 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6329 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6330 * @gfp: allocation flags 6331 * 6332 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6333 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6334 * consumes it. 6335 */ 6336 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6337 { 6338 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6339 } 6340 6341 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6342 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6343 #else 6344 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6345 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6346 #endif 6347 6348 /** 6349 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6350 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6351 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6352 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6353 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6354 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6355 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6356 * status for a FILS connection. 6357 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6358 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6359 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6360 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6361 */ 6362 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6363 const u8 *kek; 6364 size_t kek_len; 6365 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6366 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6367 const u8 *pmk; 6368 size_t pmk_len; 6369 const u8 *pmkid; 6370 }; 6371 6372 /** 6373 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6374 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6375 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6376 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6377 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6378 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6379 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6380 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6381 * case. 6382 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6383 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6384 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6385 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6386 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6387 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6388 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6389 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6390 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6391 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6392 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6393 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6394 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6395 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6396 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6397 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6398 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6399 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6400 */ 6401 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6402 int status; 6403 const u8 *bssid; 6404 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6405 const u8 *req_ie; 6406 size_t req_ie_len; 6407 const u8 *resp_ie; 6408 size_t resp_ie_len; 6409 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6410 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6411 }; 6412 6413 /** 6414 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6415 * 6416 * @dev: network device 6417 * @params: connection response parameters 6418 * @gfp: allocation flags 6419 * 6420 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6421 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6422 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6423 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6424 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6425 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6426 */ 6427 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6428 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6429 gfp_t gfp); 6430 6431 /** 6432 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6433 * 6434 * @dev: network device 6435 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6436 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6437 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6438 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6439 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6440 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6441 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6442 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6443 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6444 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6445 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6446 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6447 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6448 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6449 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6450 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6451 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6452 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6453 * case. 6454 * @gfp: allocation flags 6455 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6456 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6457 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6458 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6459 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6460 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6461 * 6462 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6463 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6464 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6465 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6466 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6467 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6468 */ 6469 static inline void 6470 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6471 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6472 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6473 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6474 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6475 { 6476 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6477 6478 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6479 params.status = status; 6480 params.bssid = bssid; 6481 params.bss = bss; 6482 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6483 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6484 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6485 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6486 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6487 6488 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6489 } 6490 6491 /** 6492 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6493 * 6494 * @dev: network device 6495 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6496 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6497 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6498 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6499 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6500 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6501 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6502 * the real status code for failures. 6503 * @gfp: allocation flags 6504 * 6505 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6506 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6507 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6508 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6509 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6510 */ 6511 static inline void 6512 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6513 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6514 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6515 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6516 { 6517 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6518 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6519 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6520 } 6521 6522 /** 6523 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6524 * 6525 * @dev: network device 6526 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6527 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6528 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6529 * @gfp: allocation flags 6530 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6531 * 6532 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6533 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6534 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6535 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6536 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6537 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6538 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6539 */ 6540 static inline void 6541 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6542 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6543 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6544 { 6545 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6546 gfp, timeout_reason); 6547 } 6548 6549 /** 6550 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6551 * 6552 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6553 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6554 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6555 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6556 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6557 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6558 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6559 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6560 */ 6561 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6562 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6563 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6564 const u8 *bssid; 6565 const u8 *req_ie; 6566 size_t req_ie_len; 6567 const u8 *resp_ie; 6568 size_t resp_ie_len; 6569 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6570 }; 6571 6572 /** 6573 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6574 * 6575 * @dev: network device 6576 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6577 * @gfp: allocation flags 6578 * 6579 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6580 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6581 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6582 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6583 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6584 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6585 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6586 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6587 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6588 * released while diconneting from the current bss. 6589 */ 6590 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6591 gfp_t gfp); 6592 6593 /** 6594 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6595 * 6596 * @dev: network device 6597 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6598 * @gfp: allocation flags 6599 * 6600 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6601 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6602 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6603 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6604 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6605 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6606 */ 6607 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6608 gfp_t gfp); 6609 6610 /** 6611 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6612 * 6613 * @dev: network device 6614 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6615 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6616 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6617 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6618 * @gfp: allocation flags 6619 * 6620 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6621 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6622 */ 6623 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6624 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6625 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6626 6627 /** 6628 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6629 * @wdev: wireless device 6630 * @cookie: the request cookie 6631 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6632 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6633 * channel 6634 * @gfp: allocation flags 6635 */ 6636 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6637 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6638 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6639 6640 /** 6641 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6642 * @wdev: wireless device 6643 * @cookie: the request cookie 6644 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6645 * @gfp: allocation flags 6646 */ 6647 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6648 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6649 gfp_t gfp); 6650 6651 /** 6652 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 6653 * @wdev: wireless device 6654 * @cookie: the requested cookie 6655 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 6656 * @gfp: allocation flags 6657 */ 6658 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6659 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 6660 6661 /** 6662 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6663 * 6664 * @sinfo: the station information 6665 * @gfp: allocation flags 6666 */ 6667 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6668 6669 /** 6670 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6671 * @sinfo: the station information 6672 * 6673 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6674 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6675 * the stack.) 6676 */ 6677 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6678 { 6679 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6680 } 6681 6682 /** 6683 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6684 * 6685 * @dev: the netdev 6686 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6687 * @sinfo: the station information 6688 * @gfp: allocation flags 6689 */ 6690 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6691 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6692 6693 /** 6694 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6695 * @dev: the netdev 6696 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6697 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6698 * @gfp: allocation flags 6699 */ 6700 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6701 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6702 6703 /** 6704 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6705 * 6706 * @dev: the netdev 6707 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6708 * @gfp: allocation flags 6709 */ 6710 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6711 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6712 { 6713 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6714 } 6715 6716 /** 6717 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6718 * 6719 * @dev: the netdev 6720 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6721 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6722 * @gfp: allocation flags 6723 * 6724 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6725 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6726 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6727 * 6728 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6729 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6730 */ 6731 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6732 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6733 gfp_t gfp); 6734 6735 /** 6736 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6737 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6738 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6739 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6740 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6741 * @len: length of the frame data 6742 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6743 * 6744 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6745 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6746 * 6747 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6748 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6749 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6750 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6751 */ 6752 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6753 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6754 6755 /** 6756 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6757 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6758 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6759 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6760 * @len: length of the frame data 6761 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6762 * @gfp: context flags 6763 * 6764 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6765 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6766 * transmission attempt. 6767 */ 6768 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6769 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6770 6771 6772 /** 6773 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6774 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6775 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6776 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6777 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6778 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6779 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6780 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6781 * 6782 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6783 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6784 * control port frames over nl80211. 6785 * 6786 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6787 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6788 * 6789 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6790 */ 6791 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6792 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6793 6794 /** 6795 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6796 * @dev: network device 6797 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6798 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6799 * @gfp: context flags 6800 * 6801 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6802 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6803 */ 6804 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6805 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6806 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6807 6808 /** 6809 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6810 * @dev: network device 6811 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6812 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6813 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6814 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6815 * @gfp: context flags 6816 */ 6817 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6818 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6819 6820 /** 6821 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6822 * @dev: network device 6823 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6824 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6825 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6826 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6827 * @gfp: context flags 6828 * 6829 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6830 * given interval is exceeded. 6831 */ 6832 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6833 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6834 6835 /** 6836 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6837 * @dev: network device 6838 * @gfp: context flags 6839 * 6840 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 6841 */ 6842 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 6843 6844 /** 6845 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 6846 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6847 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6848 * @gfp: context flags 6849 * 6850 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 6851 */ 6852 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6853 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 6854 6855 /** 6856 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 6857 * @dev: network device 6858 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 6859 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 6860 * @gfp: context flags 6861 * 6862 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 6863 * frame. 6864 */ 6865 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 6866 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 6867 gfp_t gfp); 6868 6869 /** 6870 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 6871 * @netdev: network device 6872 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6873 * @event: type of event 6874 * @gfp: context flags 6875 * 6876 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 6877 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 6878 * also by full-MAC drivers. 6879 */ 6880 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6881 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6882 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 6883 6884 6885 /** 6886 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 6887 * @dev: network device 6888 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 6889 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 6890 * @gfp: allocation flags 6891 */ 6892 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6893 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 6894 6895 /** 6896 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 6897 * @dev: network device 6898 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 6899 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 6900 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 6901 * @gfp: allocation flags 6902 */ 6903 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 6904 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 6905 6906 /** 6907 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 6908 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6909 * @addr: the transmitter address 6910 * @gfp: context flags 6911 * 6912 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6913 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 6914 * sender. 6915 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6916 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6917 */ 6918 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6919 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6920 6921 /** 6922 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 6923 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6924 * @addr: the transmitter address 6925 * @gfp: context flags 6926 * 6927 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6928 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 6929 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 6930 * station to avoid event flooding. 6931 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6932 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6933 */ 6934 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6935 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6936 6937 /** 6938 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 6939 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 6940 * @addr: the address of the peer 6941 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 6942 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 6943 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 6944 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 6945 * @gfp: allocation flags 6946 */ 6947 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6948 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 6949 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 6950 6951 /** 6952 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 6953 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 6954 * @frame: the frame 6955 * @len: length of the frame 6956 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 6957 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6958 * 6959 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 6960 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 6961 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 6962 */ 6963 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6964 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 6965 int freq, int sig_dbm); 6966 6967 /** 6968 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 6969 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6970 * @chandef: the channel definition 6971 * @iftype: interface type 6972 * 6973 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6974 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 6975 */ 6976 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6977 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6978 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6979 6980 /** 6981 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 6982 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6983 * @chandef: the channel definition 6984 * @iftype: interface type 6985 * 6986 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6987 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 6988 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 6989 * more permissive conditions. 6990 * 6991 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 6992 */ 6993 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6994 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6995 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 6996 6997 /* 6998 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 6999 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7000 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7001 * 7002 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7003 * driver context! 7004 */ 7005 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7006 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7007 7008 /* 7009 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7010 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7011 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7012 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7013 * 7014 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7015 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7016 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7017 */ 7018 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7019 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7020 u8 count); 7021 7022 /** 7023 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7024 * 7025 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7026 * @band: band pointer to fill 7027 * 7028 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7029 */ 7030 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7031 enum nl80211_band *band); 7032 7033 /** 7034 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7035 * 7036 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7037 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7038 * 7039 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7040 */ 7041 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7042 u8 *op_class); 7043 7044 /* 7045 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7046 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7047 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7048 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7049 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7050 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7051 * @gfp: allocation flags 7052 * 7053 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7054 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7055 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7056 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7057 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7058 */ 7059 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7060 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7061 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7062 7063 /* 7064 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7065 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7066 * 7067 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7068 */ 7069 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7070 7071 /** 7072 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7073 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7074 * 7075 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 7076 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 7077 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 7078 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 7079 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 7080 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 7081 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 7082 * 7083 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7084 */ 7085 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7086 7087 /** 7088 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 7089 * @ies: FT IEs 7090 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7091 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 7092 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 7093 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 7094 */ 7095 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 7096 const u8 *ies; 7097 size_t ies_len; 7098 const u8 *target_ap; 7099 const u8 *ric_ies; 7100 size_t ric_ies_len; 7101 }; 7102 7103 /** 7104 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7105 * @netdev: network device 7106 * @ft_event: IE information 7107 */ 7108 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7109 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7110 7111 /** 7112 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7113 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7114 * @len: the input length 7115 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7116 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7117 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7118 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7119 * 7120 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7121 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7122 * 7123 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7124 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7125 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7126 */ 7127 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7128 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7129 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7130 7131 /** 7132 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7133 * @ies: the IE buffer 7134 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7135 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7136 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7137 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7138 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7139 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7140 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7141 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7142 * 7143 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7144 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7145 * split. 7146 * 7147 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7148 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7149 * 7150 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7151 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7152 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7153 * 7154 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7155 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7156 * of the buffer should be used. 7157 */ 7158 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7159 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7160 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7161 size_t offset); 7162 7163 /** 7164 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7165 * @ies: the IE buffer 7166 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7167 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7168 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7169 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7170 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7171 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7172 * 7173 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7174 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7175 * split. 7176 * 7177 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7178 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7179 * 7180 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7181 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7182 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7183 * 7184 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7185 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7186 * of the buffer should be used. 7187 */ 7188 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7189 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7190 { 7191 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7192 } 7193 7194 /** 7195 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7196 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7197 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7198 * @gfp: allocation flags 7199 * 7200 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7201 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7202 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7203 * else caused the wakeup. 7204 */ 7205 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7206 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7207 gfp_t gfp); 7208 7209 /** 7210 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7211 * 7212 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7213 * @gfp: allocation flags 7214 * 7215 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7216 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7217 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7218 */ 7219 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7220 7221 /** 7222 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7223 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7224 * 7225 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7226 */ 7227 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7228 7229 /** 7230 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7231 * 7232 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7233 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7234 * 7235 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7236 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7237 * the interface combinations. 7238 */ 7239 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7240 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7241 7242 /** 7243 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7244 * 7245 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7246 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7247 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7248 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7249 * 7250 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7251 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7252 * purposes. 7253 */ 7254 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7255 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7256 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7257 void *data), 7258 void *data); 7259 7260 /* 7261 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7262 * 7263 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7264 * @wdev: wireless device 7265 * @gfp: context flags 7266 * 7267 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7268 * disconnected. 7269 * 7270 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7271 */ 7272 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7273 gfp_t gfp); 7274 7275 /** 7276 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7277 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7278 * 7279 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7280 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7281 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7282 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7283 * 7284 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7285 * the driver while the function is running. 7286 */ 7287 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7288 7289 /** 7290 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7291 * 7292 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7293 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7294 * 7295 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7296 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7297 */ 7298 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7299 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7300 { 7301 u8 *ft_byte; 7302 7303 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7304 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7305 } 7306 7307 /** 7308 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7309 * 7310 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7311 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7312 * 7313 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7314 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7315 */ 7316 static inline bool 7317 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7318 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7319 { 7320 u8 ft_byte; 7321 7322 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7323 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7324 } 7325 7326 /** 7327 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7328 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7329 * 7330 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7331 */ 7332 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7333 7334 /** 7335 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7336 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7337 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7338 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7339 * result. 7340 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7341 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7342 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7343 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7344 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7345 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7346 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7347 */ 7348 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7349 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7350 u8 inst_id; 7351 u8 peer_inst_id; 7352 const u8 *addr; 7353 u8 info_len; 7354 const u8 *info; 7355 u64 cookie; 7356 }; 7357 7358 /** 7359 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7360 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7361 * @match: match notification parameters 7362 * @gfp: allocation flags 7363 * 7364 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7365 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7366 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7367 */ 7368 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7369 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7370 7371 /** 7372 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7373 * 7374 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7375 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7376 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7377 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7378 * @gfp: allocation flags 7379 * 7380 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7381 */ 7382 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7383 u8 inst_id, 7384 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7385 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7386 7387 /* ethtool helper */ 7388 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7389 7390 /** 7391 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7392 * @netdev: network device 7393 * @params: External authentication parameters 7394 * @gfp: allocation flags 7395 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7396 */ 7397 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7398 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7399 gfp_t gfp); 7400 7401 /** 7402 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7403 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7404 * @req: the original measurement request 7405 * @result: the result data 7406 * @gfp: allocation flags 7407 */ 7408 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7409 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7410 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7411 gfp_t gfp); 7412 7413 /** 7414 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7415 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7416 * @req: the original measurement request 7417 * @gfp: allocation flags 7418 * 7419 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7420 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7421 */ 7422 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7423 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7424 gfp_t gfp); 7425 7426 /** 7427 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 7428 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7429 * @iftype: interface type 7430 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 7431 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 7432 * 7433 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 7434 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 7435 * check_swif is '1'. 7436 */ 7437 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7438 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 7439 7440 7441 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7442 7443 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7444 7445 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7446 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7447 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7448 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7449 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7450 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7451 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7452 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7453 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7454 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7455 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7456 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7457 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7458 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7459 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7460 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7461 7462 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7463 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7464 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7465 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7466 7467 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7468 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7469 7470 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7471 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7472 7473 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7474 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7475 #else 7476 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7477 ({ \ 7478 if (0) \ 7479 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7480 0; \ 7481 }) 7482 #endif 7483 7484 /* 7485 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7486 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7487 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7488 */ 7489 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7490 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7491 7492 /** 7493 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7494 * @netdev: network device 7495 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7496 * @gfp: allocation flags 7497 */ 7498 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7499 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7500 gfp_t gfp); 7501 7502 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7503